1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
,
57 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
58 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
71 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
72 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
73 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
74 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
75 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
76 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
77 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
85 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
103 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
104 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
125 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
126 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
127 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
128 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
129 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
137 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
153 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
154 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
155 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
156 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
157 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
181 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
189 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
200 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
205 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
208 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h
& 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
225 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
226 unsigned long h
= 5381;
229 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
230 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
231 return h
& 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
242 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
243 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
246 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
247 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
249 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
252 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
253 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
260 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
262 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
263 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
268 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
270 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
271 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
273 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
274 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
278 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
280 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
281 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
283 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
285 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
287 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
288 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
291 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
292 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
294 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
295 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
296 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
298 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
299 in case the string table is not terminated. */
300 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
301 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
302 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
304 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
306 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
308 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
310 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
311 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
312 the string table over and over. */
313 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
316 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
317 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
319 return (char *) shstrtab
;
323 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
324 unsigned int shindex
,
325 unsigned int strindex
)
327 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
332 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
335 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
337 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
339 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
341 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
342 /* xgettext:c-format */
343 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
344 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
349 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
353 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
355 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
357 /* xgettext:c-format */
358 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
359 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
360 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
362 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
366 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
369 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
370 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
371 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
372 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
373 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
374 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
375 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
378 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
379 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
382 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
384 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
388 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
389 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
390 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
391 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
392 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
393 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
394 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
399 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
405 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
407 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
409 elf_section_list
* entry
;
410 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
412 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
413 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
416 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
419 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
421 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
426 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
428 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
429 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
430 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
431 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
432 the index table will not be needed. */
436 /* Read the symbols. */
438 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
440 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
441 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
442 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
443 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
444 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
446 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
447 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
449 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
450 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
451 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
457 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
461 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
462 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
463 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
465 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
466 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
467 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
469 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
470 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
471 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
478 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
480 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
481 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
482 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
483 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
487 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
488 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
489 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
490 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
492 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
493 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
495 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
496 /* xgettext:c-format */
497 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
498 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
499 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
500 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
507 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
509 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
510 free (alloc_extshndx
);
515 /* Look up a symbol name. */
517 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
518 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
519 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
523 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
524 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
526 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
527 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
528 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
530 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
531 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
534 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
537 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
538 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
543 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
544 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
547 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
548 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
550 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
552 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
553 signature just a string? */
556 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
558 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
559 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
560 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
561 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
563 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
564 that it is a symbol table section. */
565 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
567 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
568 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
569 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
572 /* Go read the symbol. */
573 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
574 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
575 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
578 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
581 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
584 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
586 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
588 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
589 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
592 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
594 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
595 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
596 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
599 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
600 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
601 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
602 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
603 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
605 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
607 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
609 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
615 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
616 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
617 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
621 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
622 so we can find them quickly. */
625 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
626 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
627 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
628 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
630 memset (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
, 0, num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
633 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
635 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
637 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
640 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
642 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
644 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
647 /* Add to list of sections. */
648 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
651 /* Read the raw contents. */
652 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
653 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
654 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
655 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
656 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
657 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
660 /* xgettext:c-format */
661 (_("%pB: corrupt size field in group section"
662 " header: %#" PRIx64
),
663 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
664 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
669 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
671 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
672 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
676 /* xgettext:c-format */
677 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
678 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
679 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
680 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
682 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
683 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
684 contents to be used. */
685 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
689 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
690 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
691 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
693 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
694 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
702 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
703 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
706 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
707 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
708 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
714 (_("%pB: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
);
717 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
722 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
723 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
725 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
727 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
730 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
733 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
734 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
740 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
742 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
745 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
747 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
748 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
750 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
751 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
757 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
758 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
760 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
761 /* xgettext:c-format */
762 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
763 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
764 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
765 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
768 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
770 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
771 section is a member. */
773 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
777 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
778 other members to see if any others are linked via
780 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
781 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
783 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
784 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
788 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
789 insert current section in circular list. */
790 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
791 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
792 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
798 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
801 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
803 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
804 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
807 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
809 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
810 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
812 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
819 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
821 /* xgettext:c-format */
822 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
830 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
833 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
834 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
837 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
838 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
840 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
841 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
843 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
844 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
845 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
846 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
849 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
850 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
851 bed
->link_order_error_handler
852 /* xgettext:c-format */
853 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
858 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
860 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
862 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
863 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
867 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
868 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
872 /* xgettext:c-format */
873 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
874 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
878 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
881 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
882 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
885 /* xgettext:c-format */
886 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
887 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
892 /* Process section groups. */
893 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
896 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
898 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
899 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
902 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
903 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
906 /* xgettext:c-format */
907 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
913 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
914 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
920 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
922 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
923 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
924 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
925 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
927 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
929 /* xgettext:c-format */
930 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
933 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
934 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
947 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
949 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
953 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
955 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
956 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
957 if (new_name
== NULL
)
961 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
966 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
968 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
969 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
970 if (new_name
== NULL
)
973 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
977 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
978 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
981 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
982 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
988 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
990 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
993 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
997 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
998 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
999 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1001 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1002 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1003 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1005 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1007 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1008 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1009 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
1010 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1013 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1014 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1015 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1016 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1018 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1021 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1024 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1025 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1026 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1028 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1030 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1033 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1035 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1036 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1037 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1038 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1040 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1041 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1042 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1043 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1045 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1047 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1048 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1049 if (name
[0] == '.')
1054 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1055 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1056 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1057 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1058 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1059 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1061 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1063 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1064 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1067 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1068 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1072 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1073 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1074 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1075 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1076 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1077 all but one of the sections. */
1078 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1079 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1080 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1082 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1083 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1084 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1087 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1090 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1091 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1092 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1093 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1097 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1100 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1101 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1105 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1107 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1108 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1110 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1111 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1112 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1113 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1114 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1115 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1116 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1118 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1120 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1123 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1124 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1126 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1127 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1128 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1129 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1131 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1132 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1133 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1135 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1136 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1137 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1138 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1139 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1140 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1141 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1142 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1143 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1145 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1146 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1147 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1148 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1149 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1150 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1151 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1157 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1158 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1159 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1160 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1161 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1163 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1164 int compression_header_size
;
1165 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1166 bfd_boolean compressed
1167 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1168 &compression_header_size
,
1169 &uncompressed_size
);
1173 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1174 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1175 action
= decompress
;
1178 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1179 section. Check if we should compress. */
1180 if (action
== nothing
)
1182 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1183 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1184 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1185 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1187 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1188 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1194 if (action
== compress
)
1196 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1199 /* xgettext:c-format */
1200 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1207 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1210 /* xgettext:c-format */
1211 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1217 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1220 && (action
== decompress
1221 || (action
== compress
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1224 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1225 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1227 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1228 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1230 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1234 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1235 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1236 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1242 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1244 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1245 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1246 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1249 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1250 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1251 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1252 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1253 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1254 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1255 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1256 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1257 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1259 bfd_reloc_status_type
1260 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1261 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1263 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1264 asection
*input_section
,
1266 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1268 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1269 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1270 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1271 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1273 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1274 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1277 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1280 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1281 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1282 should be the same. */
1285 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1286 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1289 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1290 && (a
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1291 == (b
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1292 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1293 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1294 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1295 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1299 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1300 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1301 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1302 to be the correct section. */
1305 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1306 const unsigned int hint
)
1308 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1311 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1313 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1314 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1315 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1316 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1319 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1323 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1325 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1326 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1327 multiple matches ? */
1334 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1335 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1336 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1339 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1341 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1342 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1343 const unsigned int secnum
)
1345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1346 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1347 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1348 unsigned int sh_link
;
1350 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1352 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1353 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1354 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1355 matched up with the original.
1357 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1358 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1359 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1360 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1361 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1362 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1363 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1364 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1365 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1366 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1367 without any contents. */
1368 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1369 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1370 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1371 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1375 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1376 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1377 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1378 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1381 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1382 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1383 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1384 in the input bfd. */
1385 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1387 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1388 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1391 /* xgettext:c-format */
1392 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1393 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1397 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1398 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1400 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1404 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1405 if we could not find a match ? */
1407 /* xgettext:c-format */
1408 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1411 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1413 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1414 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1416 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1418 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1420 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1421 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1424 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1425 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1427 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1429 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1434 /* xgettext:c-format */
1435 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1441 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1445 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1447 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1448 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1449 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1452 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1453 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1456 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1458 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1459 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1462 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1464 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1465 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1466 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1468 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1469 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1470 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1471 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1473 /* Copy object attributes. */
1474 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1476 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1479 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1481 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1482 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1485 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1487 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1488 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1489 files. See below for more details. */
1491 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1492 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1495 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1496 fields have already been initialised. */
1497 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1498 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1501 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1502 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1503 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1505 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1507 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1510 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1511 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1512 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1513 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1515 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1516 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1517 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1518 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1519 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1520 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1525 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1528 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1529 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1530 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1531 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1533 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1535 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1538 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1539 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1540 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1542 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1543 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1544 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1545 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1546 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1547 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1548 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1549 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1550 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1551 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1553 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1558 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1560 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1561 with a NULL input section. */
1562 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1563 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1571 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1576 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1577 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1578 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1579 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1580 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1581 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1582 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1583 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1584 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1585 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1586 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1587 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1592 /* Print out the program headers. */
1595 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1597 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1598 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1600 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1602 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1607 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1608 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1609 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1611 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1616 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1619 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1620 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1621 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1622 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1623 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1624 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1625 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1626 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1627 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1628 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1629 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1630 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1631 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1632 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1633 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1634 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1635 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1640 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1643 unsigned int elfsec
;
1644 unsigned long shlink
;
1645 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1647 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1649 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1651 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1654 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1655 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1657 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1659 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1660 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1663 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1664 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1666 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1667 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1669 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1671 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1672 const char *name
= "";
1674 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1675 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1677 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1679 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1686 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1687 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1689 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1691 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1696 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1697 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1698 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1699 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1700 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1701 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1702 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1703 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1704 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1705 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1706 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1707 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1708 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1709 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1710 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1711 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1712 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1713 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1714 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1715 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1716 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1717 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1718 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1719 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1720 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1721 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1722 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1723 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1724 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1725 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1726 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1727 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1728 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1729 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1730 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1731 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1732 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1733 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1734 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1735 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1736 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1737 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1738 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1739 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1740 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1741 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1742 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1743 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1744 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1745 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1746 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1747 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1748 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1749 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1750 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1751 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1752 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1753 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1756 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1760 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1765 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1767 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1770 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1779 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1780 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1782 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1786 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1788 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1790 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1791 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1793 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1794 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1795 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1796 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1798 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1801 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1805 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1811 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1813 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1815 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1816 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1818 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1820 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1821 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1822 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1823 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1824 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1825 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1837 /* Get version string. */
1840 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1841 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1843 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1844 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1845 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1847 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1849 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1850 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1853 version_string
= "";
1854 else if (vernum
== 1)
1855 version_string
= "Base";
1856 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1858 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1861 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1863 version_string
= "";
1864 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1868 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1870 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1872 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1874 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1881 return version_string
;
1884 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1887 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1890 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1892 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1895 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1896 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1898 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1899 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1900 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1901 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1903 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1905 const char *section_name
;
1906 const char *name
= NULL
;
1907 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1908 unsigned char st_other
;
1910 const char *version_string
;
1913 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1915 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1916 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1917 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1921 name
= symbol
->name
;
1922 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1925 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1926 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1927 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1928 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1929 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1930 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1931 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1933 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1934 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1936 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1937 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1943 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1948 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1949 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1954 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1955 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1960 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1961 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1962 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1964 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1966 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1969 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1975 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1977 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1980 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1982 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1983 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1984 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1986 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1987 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1988 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1989 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1991 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1996 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1997 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1998 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1999 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2000 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2001 can expect to recurse at least once.
2003 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2004 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2006 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2007 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2008 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2010 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
2011 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
2012 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
2013 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2015 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2018 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2021 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2024 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2025 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2026 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2031 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2032 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2035 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2038 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2039 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2040 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2041 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2042 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2043 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2044 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2045 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2046 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2047 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2050 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2051 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2054 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2056 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2057 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2058 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2061 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2062 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2063 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2065 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2070 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2072 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2074 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2076 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2077 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2078 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2079 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2081 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2082 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2086 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2088 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2089 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2091 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2092 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2094 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2102 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2103 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2106 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2109 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2111 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2113 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2114 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2115 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2120 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2121 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2122 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2125 /* xgettext:c-format */
2126 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2127 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2131 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2132 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2133 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2134 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2136 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2137 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2138 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2139 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2140 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2142 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2143 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2144 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2148 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2149 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2150 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2152 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2153 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2155 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2156 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2159 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2160 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2162 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2164 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2165 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2170 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2172 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2174 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2175 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2180 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2181 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2185 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2186 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2189 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2192 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2194 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2197 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2198 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2199 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2204 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2205 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2206 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2209 /* xgettext:c-format */
2210 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2211 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2215 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2217 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2218 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2220 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2221 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2222 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2225 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2227 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2229 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2230 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2233 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2236 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2238 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2239 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2240 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2244 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2245 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2248 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2251 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2255 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2258 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2259 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2263 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2266 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2267 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2268 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2269 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2271 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2276 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2277 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2278 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2279 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2281 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2283 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2284 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2286 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2287 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2289 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2292 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2294 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2296 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2297 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2301 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2306 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2308 asection
*target_sect
;
2309 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2310 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2311 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2314 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2315 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2318 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2319 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2322 /* xgettext:c-format */
2323 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2324 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2325 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2330 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2331 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2332 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2333 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2334 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2335 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2336 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2338 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2339 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2340 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2341 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2347 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2349 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2350 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2361 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2364 /* Get the symbol table. */
2365 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2366 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2367 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2370 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2371 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2372 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2373 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2374 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2375 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2376 sh_link points to the null section. */
2377 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2378 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2379 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2380 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2381 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2382 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2384 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2389 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2392 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2393 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2396 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2397 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2398 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2400 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2402 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2405 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2410 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2411 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2412 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2413 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2414 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2415 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2416 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2417 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2418 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2420 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2421 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2423 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2427 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2428 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2429 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2430 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2433 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2434 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2437 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2438 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2439 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2442 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2443 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2444 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2445 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2452 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2455 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2461 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2462 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2463 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2465 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2467 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2471 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2472 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2475 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2477 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2478 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2479 for applications? */
2481 /* xgettext:c-format */
2482 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2483 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2486 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2487 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2492 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2493 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2494 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2496 /* xgettext:c-format */
2497 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2498 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2499 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2501 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2502 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2503 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2504 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2505 be rejected with an error message. */
2507 /* xgettext:c-format */
2508 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2509 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2512 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2513 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2518 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2520 /* xgettext:c-format */
2521 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2522 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2530 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2531 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2532 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2534 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2535 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2540 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2543 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2545 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2547 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2549 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2551 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2552 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2553 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2555 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2556 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2557 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2560 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2562 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2565 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2568 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2571 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2575 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2577 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2579 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2582 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2584 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2585 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2588 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2590 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2591 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2594 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2596 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2597 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2598 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2599 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2600 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2601 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2602 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2603 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2604 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2605 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2606 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2607 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2608 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2609 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2612 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2614 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2615 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2616 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2619 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2622 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2624 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2626 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2627 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2628 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2629 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2630 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2633 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2635 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2636 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2639 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2641 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2642 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2643 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2644 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2647 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2649 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2650 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2653 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2655 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2656 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2657 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2660 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2662 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2663 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2664 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2667 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2673 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2676 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2681 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2682 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2683 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2684 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2687 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2692 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2695 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2701 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2704 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2706 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2707 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2708 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2710 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2711 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2712 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2713 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2716 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2718 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2720 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2722 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2723 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2724 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2730 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2733 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2734 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2735 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2741 len
= strlen (name
);
2743 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2746 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2748 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2750 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2753 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2754 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2756 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2758 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2760 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2761 && (suffix_len
== -2
2762 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2768 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2770 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2771 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2781 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2782 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2785 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2786 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2788 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2789 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2792 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2793 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2796 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2797 bed
->special_sections
,
2803 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2806 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2807 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2810 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2815 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2819 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2821 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2823 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2825 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2828 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2832 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2835 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2836 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2837 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2839 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2840 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2841 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2842 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2843 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2844 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2845 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2846 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2847 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2848 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2849 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2851 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2854 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2855 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2856 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2858 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2859 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2863 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2866 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2868 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2869 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2870 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2871 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2873 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2874 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2875 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2876 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2877 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2878 of combined data+bss.
2880 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2881 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2882 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2883 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2884 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2889 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2890 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2892 const char *type_name
)
2900 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2901 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2902 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2904 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2906 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2907 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2908 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2911 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2912 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2913 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2915 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2916 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2917 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2918 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2919 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2920 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2921 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2923 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2924 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2925 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2927 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2929 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2932 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2934 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2938 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2942 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2943 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2944 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2947 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2948 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2949 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2951 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2952 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2953 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2954 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2955 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2956 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2957 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2958 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2959 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2961 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2962 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2963 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2964 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2965 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2966 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2967 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2969 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2970 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2971 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2973 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2974 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2981 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2983 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2985 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2988 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2991 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2997 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3000 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3002 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3008 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3011 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3013 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3014 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3018 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3021 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3024 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3025 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3026 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3030 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3034 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3036 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3038 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3039 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3042 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3046 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3047 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3048 const char *sec_name
,
3049 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3051 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3052 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3056 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3058 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3060 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3066 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3067 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3068 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3072 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3073 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3074 const char *sec_name
,
3075 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3076 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3079 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3081 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3082 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3083 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3085 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3086 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3087 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3090 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3091 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3092 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3093 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3094 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3095 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3096 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3097 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3098 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3103 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3106 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3108 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3109 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3111 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3114 struct fake_section_arg
3116 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3120 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3123 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3125 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3126 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3127 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3128 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3129 unsigned int sh_type
;
3130 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3131 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3135 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3140 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3144 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3145 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3146 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3150 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3152 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3154 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3155 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3156 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3157 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3160 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3162 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3163 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3165 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3166 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3170 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3171 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3179 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3181 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3182 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3183 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3184 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3185 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3186 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3191 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3196 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3197 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3201 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3203 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3210 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3212 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3213 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3214 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3216 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3218 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3219 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3220 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3221 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3222 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3225 /* xgettext:c-format */
3226 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3227 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3231 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3232 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3233 copy_private_section_data. */
3235 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3236 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3238 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3240 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3241 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3243 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3245 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3246 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3247 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3248 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3249 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3251 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3252 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3253 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3254 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3256 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3257 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3260 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3271 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3272 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3273 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3274 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3278 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3282 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3286 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3290 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3291 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3295 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3296 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3299 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3300 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3303 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3304 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3305 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3306 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3308 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3309 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3311 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3312 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3315 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3316 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3317 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3318 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3320 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3321 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3323 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3324 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3328 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3332 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3336 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3337 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3338 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3339 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3340 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3341 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3342 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3344 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3345 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3347 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3348 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3349 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3350 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3351 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3353 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3354 if (asect
->size
== 0
3355 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3357 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3359 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3362 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3363 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3364 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3368 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3369 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3371 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3372 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3373 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3374 create the other. */
3375 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3377 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3380 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3381 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3382 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3383 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3385 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3386 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3387 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3392 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3393 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3394 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3400 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3402 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3412 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3413 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3414 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3415 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3421 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3423 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3424 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3425 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3429 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3430 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3431 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3432 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3435 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3437 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3438 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3442 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3444 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3448 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3450 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3452 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3454 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3455 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3459 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3460 elf_section_syms. */
3461 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3462 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3464 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3466 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3468 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3469 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3470 set until all local symbols are output. */
3472 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3473 unsigned long symndx
;
3474 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3475 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3477 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3478 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3479 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3480 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3481 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3482 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3484 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3486 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3488 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3489 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3491 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3492 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3493 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3494 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3496 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3499 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3501 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3504 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3506 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3507 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3508 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3515 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3517 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3518 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3519 start of the input section group. */
3520 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3522 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3523 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3524 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3525 directives, not that it matters. */
3532 s
= s
->output_section
;
3534 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3536 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3537 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3539 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3541 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3542 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3544 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3546 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3548 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3550 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3551 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3553 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3555 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3558 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3560 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3566 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3568 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3571 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3572 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3573 relocations apply. */
3576 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3578 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3579 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3580 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3581 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3586 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3592 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3595 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3598 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3603 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3605 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3606 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3609 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3610 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3611 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3614 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3617 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3618 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3619 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3622 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3623 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3624 in here too, while we're at it. */
3627 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3629 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3631 unsigned int section_number
;
3632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3633 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3634 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3638 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3640 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3641 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3643 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3645 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3646 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3648 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3650 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3652 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3654 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3655 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3656 abfd
->section_count
--;
3659 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3662 /* Count relocations. */
3663 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3666 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3667 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3668 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3671 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3673 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3675 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3676 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3677 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3678 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3681 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3682 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3683 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3690 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3691 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3692 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3698 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3699 || (link_info
== NULL
3700 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3704 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3705 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3706 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3708 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3710 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3712 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3713 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3714 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3716 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3717 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3718 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3721 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3722 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3725 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3726 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3727 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3729 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3731 /* xgettext:c-format */
3732 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3733 abfd
, section_number
);
3737 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3738 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3740 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3742 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3743 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3744 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3747 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3748 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3749 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3751 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3755 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3757 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3760 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3761 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3763 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3764 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3765 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3766 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3768 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3769 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3772 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3776 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3778 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3779 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3780 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3781 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3782 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3784 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3786 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3787 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3788 the relocation entries apply. */
3789 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3791 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3792 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3793 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3795 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3797 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3798 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3799 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3802 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3803 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3805 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3808 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3809 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3811 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3812 if (discarded_section (s
))
3816 /* xgettext:c-format */
3817 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3818 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3819 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3821 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3822 size as the discarded one. */
3823 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3826 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3832 s
= s
->output_section
;
3833 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3837 /* Handle objcopy. */
3838 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3841 /* xgettext:c-format */
3842 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3843 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3844 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3845 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3848 s
= s
->output_section
;
3850 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3855 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3856 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3857 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3860 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3861 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3862 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3863 /* xgettext:c-format */
3864 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3869 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3873 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3874 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3875 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3876 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3877 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3878 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3879 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3881 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3883 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3886 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3887 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3892 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3893 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3894 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3895 field to point to this section. */
3896 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3897 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3902 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3903 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3906 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3907 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3908 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3912 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3914 /* This is a .stab section. */
3915 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3916 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3917 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3924 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3925 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3926 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3927 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3929 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3931 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3934 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3935 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3936 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3937 the version strings. */
3938 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3939 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3941 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3946 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3947 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3948 this hash table or version table is for. */
3949 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3951 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3955 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3959 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3960 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3961 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3967 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3969 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3970 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3971 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3972 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3974 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3975 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3976 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3979 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3980 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3981 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3982 the beginning of that array.
3984 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3987 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3988 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
3990 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
3992 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
3994 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
3995 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
3996 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3998 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4001 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4004 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4006 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4009 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4012 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4017 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4018 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4021 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4023 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4025 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4028 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4029 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4030 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4031 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4032 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4033 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4034 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4035 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4038 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4039 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4042 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4044 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4045 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4046 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4047 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4048 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4049 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4050 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4051 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4057 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4061 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4063 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4064 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4068 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4069 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4071 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4072 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4074 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4075 decided to output. */
4076 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4078 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4080 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4082 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4083 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4085 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4087 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4088 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4090 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4094 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4095 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4097 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4099 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4103 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4104 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4105 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4106 at least in that case. */
4107 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4109 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4111 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4118 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4119 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4120 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4122 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4125 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4127 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4130 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4131 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4132 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4137 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4139 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4141 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4143 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4146 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4147 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4150 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4152 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4156 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4158 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4162 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4163 ELF data structure. */
4165 static inline file_ptr
4166 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4168 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4171 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4172 required section alignment. */
4175 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4179 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4180 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4181 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4182 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4183 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4184 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4185 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4189 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4190 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4191 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4194 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4195 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4197 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4198 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4200 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4201 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4202 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4204 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4207 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4208 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4209 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4211 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4214 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4215 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4217 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4218 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4219 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4223 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4226 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4227 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4228 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4229 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4233 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4234 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4236 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4241 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4243 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4248 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4249 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4250 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4251 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4252 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4253 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4254 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4255 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4256 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4257 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4258 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4260 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4266 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4268 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4270 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4271 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4273 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4275 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4276 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4277 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4278 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4281 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4282 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4284 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4286 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4288 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4289 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4291 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4294 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4299 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4300 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4302 static bfd_size_type
4303 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4307 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4309 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4310 and one for data. */
4313 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4314 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4316 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4317 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4318 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4323 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4325 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4329 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4331 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4335 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4337 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4341 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4343 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4347 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4349 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4350 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4352 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4354 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4355 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4356 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4357 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4358 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4359 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4361 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4362 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4363 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4364 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4365 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4370 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4372 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4374 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4380 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4382 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4384 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4385 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4386 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4387 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4389 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4393 /* xgettext:c-format */
4394 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIN section `%pA' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4395 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4398 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4399 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4400 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4405 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4406 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4410 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4416 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4419 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4422 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4424 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4425 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4427 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4433 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4434 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4441 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4443 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4444 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4445 asection
**sections
,
4450 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4456 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4457 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4461 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4462 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4463 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4464 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4466 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4468 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4469 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4470 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4476 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4479 struct elf_segment_map
*
4480 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4482 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4484 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4485 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4489 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4491 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4496 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4499 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4500 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4501 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4503 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4504 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4506 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4507 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4508 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4509 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4511 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4514 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4516 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4518 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4519 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4520 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4522 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4526 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4528 if (remove_empty_load
4529 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4531 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4537 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4538 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4540 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4547 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4548 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4550 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4553 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4556 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4557 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4558 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4559 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4561 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4564 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4566 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4570 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4571 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4574 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4575 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4577 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4578 bfd_boolean writable
;
4579 bfd_boolean executable
;
4581 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4582 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4583 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4585 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4586 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= FALSE
;
4588 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4590 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4591 sizeof (asection
*));
4592 if (sections
== NULL
)
4595 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4596 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4598 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4599 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4602 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4604 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4608 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4609 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4610 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4613 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4616 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4618 /* Build the mapping. */
4623 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4624 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4626 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4627 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4629 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4630 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4634 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4636 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4637 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4638 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
= TRUE
;
4642 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4643 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4647 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4655 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4656 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4657 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4661 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4662 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4663 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4664 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4665 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4669 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4671 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4674 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4675 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4676 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4677 program headers we will need. */
4680 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4682 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4683 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4684 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4685 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4686 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4687 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4688 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4689 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4691 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4692 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4693 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4694 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4695 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4696 force the inclusion if we can... */
4697 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4698 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment
)
4699 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4701 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4705 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4708 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4712 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4715 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4717 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4718 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4719 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4721 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4723 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4724 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4728 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4729 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4731 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4732 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4735 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4736 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4737 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4739 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4740 pages onto the same memory page. */
4741 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4743 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4744 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4745 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4746 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4747 section can be included in the current segment. */
4748 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4749 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4750 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4751 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4753 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4754 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4757 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4758 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4760 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4761 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4762 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4763 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4766 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4768 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4769 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4770 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4771 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4773 else if (info
!= NULL
4774 && info
->separate_code
4775 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4780 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4782 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4788 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4789 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4792 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4793 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4795 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4797 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4803 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4805 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4808 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4809 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4813 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4814 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4816 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4823 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4828 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4834 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4835 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4837 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4840 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4842 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4843 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4844 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4846 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4854 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4857 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4864 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4865 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4866 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4867 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4868 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4870 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4872 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4873 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4878 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4879 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4880 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4882 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4883 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4884 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4885 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4891 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4892 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4896 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4900 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4901 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4904 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4905 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4909 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4915 if (first_mbind
== NULL
4916 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
4920 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4923 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4924 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4925 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4930 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4931 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4933 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4935 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4937 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4940 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4943 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4945 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4947 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
4951 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
4954 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4965 if (first_mbind
&& (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4966 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4967 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
4968 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4969 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
))
4971 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4972 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
4973 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4975 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4978 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
4979 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4983 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
4984 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4986 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4988 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
4994 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4996 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4997 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4998 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5000 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5001 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5005 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5007 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5013 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5015 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5016 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5020 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5021 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5022 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5023 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5024 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5025 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5027 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5028 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5035 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5037 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5039 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5041 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5042 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5045 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5046 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5047 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5050 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5055 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5058 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5059 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5063 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5070 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5073 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5076 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5078 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5083 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5088 /* Sort sections by address. */
5091 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5093 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5094 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5095 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5097 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5098 place the section into a segment. */
5099 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5101 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5104 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5105 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5106 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5108 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5111 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5113 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5119 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
5120 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5121 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
5122 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5127 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5132 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5133 before others at the same address. */
5135 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5136 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5143 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5146 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5148 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5149 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5150 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5151 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5152 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5155 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5156 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5158 /* In other words, something like:
5160 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5161 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5162 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5163 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5165 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5167 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5170 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5172 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5173 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5175 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5179 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5182 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5187 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5188 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5189 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5190 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5191 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5192 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5194 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5195 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5199 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5200 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5201 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5207 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5212 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5214 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5217 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5222 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5223 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5227 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5228 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5230 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5231 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5232 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5233 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5235 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5236 unsigned int pt_load_count
= 0;
5239 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5241 if (link_info
== NULL
5242 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5246 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5250 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5255 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5256 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5260 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5261 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5262 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5265 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5267 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5268 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5270 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5271 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5275 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5279 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5280 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5281 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5282 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5283 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5285 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5286 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5287 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5288 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5290 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5292 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5293 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5294 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5299 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5300 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5302 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5303 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5304 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5310 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5312 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5316 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5318 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5319 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5320 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5321 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5322 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5324 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5325 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5326 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5329 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5330 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5331 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5332 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5333 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5334 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5335 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5340 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5342 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5343 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5344 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5347 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5349 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5350 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5352 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5353 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5354 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5355 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5356 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5357 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5358 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5360 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5361 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5363 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5366 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5367 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5368 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5369 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5373 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5375 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5378 bfd_size_type align
;
5379 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5381 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5385 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5387 unsigned int secalign
;
5389 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5390 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5391 align_power
= secalign
;
5393 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5394 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5395 align
= maxpagesize
;
5398 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5399 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5400 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5401 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5402 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5403 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5405 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5408 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5409 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5411 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5415 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5417 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5418 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5420 if (pt_load_count
> 1
5421 && bed
->no_page_alias
5422 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5423 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5424 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5428 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5429 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5430 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5431 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5432 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5433 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5434 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5435 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5440 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5441 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5442 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5444 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5447 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5448 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5453 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5454 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5455 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5456 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5462 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5464 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5466 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5467 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5470 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5471 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5472 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5475 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5476 " try linking with -N"),
5478 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5483 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5488 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5490 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5493 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5495 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5499 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5500 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5501 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5505 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5506 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5509 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5510 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5514 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5515 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5517 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5523 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5525 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5526 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5530 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5531 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5532 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5533 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5534 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5535 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5538 bfd_size_type align
;
5539 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5542 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5543 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5545 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5546 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5547 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5548 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5549 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5550 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5552 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5553 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5554 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5555 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5559 || p_end
< p_start
))
5562 /* xgettext:c-format */
5563 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5564 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5568 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5570 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5572 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5574 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5575 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5577 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5578 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5582 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5586 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5588 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5592 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5593 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5594 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5600 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5609 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5611 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5612 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5613 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5615 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5616 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5617 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5619 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5620 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5621 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5622 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5623 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5624 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5626 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5628 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5631 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5633 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5634 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5635 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5636 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5637 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5638 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5640 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5642 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5643 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5645 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5647 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5648 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5651 if (align
> p
->p_align
5652 && !m
->p_align_valid
5653 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5654 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5658 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5661 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5663 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5670 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5671 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5672 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5674 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5676 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5677 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5678 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5679 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5680 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5681 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5683 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5688 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5690 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5693 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5694 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5695 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5696 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5699 /* xgettext:c-format */
5700 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5702 print_segment_map (m
);
5708 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5712 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5715 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5716 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5718 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5719 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5721 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5722 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5723 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5724 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5725 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5726 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5730 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5731 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5732 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5733 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5735 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5738 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5739 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5740 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5741 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5742 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5743 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5745 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5747 /* xgettext:c-format */
5748 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5750 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5752 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5753 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5754 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5755 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5758 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5760 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5763 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5764 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5765 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5766 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5767 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5768 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5769 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5770 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5771 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5772 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5773 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5775 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5778 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5779 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5783 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5785 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5786 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5787 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5790 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5793 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5795 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5796 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5798 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5800 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5801 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5802 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5805 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5806 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5811 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5813 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5814 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5815 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5817 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5818 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5819 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5820 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5822 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5823 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5824 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5825 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5828 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5829 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5830 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5832 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5833 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5842 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5843 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5847 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5848 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5851 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5852 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5857 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5859 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5864 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5866 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5867 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
5868 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
5869 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
5870 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
5872 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5874 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
5876 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
5877 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
5888 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5889 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5892 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
5894 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5896 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5898 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5900 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
5901 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
5902 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
5904 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
5910 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
5911 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
5913 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
5922 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
5923 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
5924 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
5925 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
5926 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
5928 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
5929 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
5930 In cases where the end does not match any
5931 loaded section (for instance is in file
5932 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
5933 the end of loaded section contents. */
5934 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
5935 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
5937 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
5938 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
5939 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
5940 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5941 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
5943 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5945 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5951 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5954 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5956 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5958 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5959 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5961 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5965 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5966 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5967 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5969 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5970 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5971 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
5977 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5979 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5981 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
5982 "and/or program header"),
5983 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
5988 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5989 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5991 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5992 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5993 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5995 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6002 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
6004 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6005 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
6006 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
6008 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
6010 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
6011 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
6012 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
6016 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6021 static elf_section_list
*
6022 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6024 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6030 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6031 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6032 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6034 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6035 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
6036 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
6037 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
6038 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
6039 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
6040 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6042 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6045 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6046 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6048 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6049 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6050 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6052 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6053 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6055 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6056 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6057 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6061 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6062 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6064 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6065 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6066 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6067 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6072 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6073 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6074 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6075 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
6076 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6077 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6078 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6079 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6080 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6081 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6083 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6086 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6089 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6095 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6096 assignment of sections to segments. */
6097 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6100 /* And for non-load sections. */
6101 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6104 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
6106 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6110 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6111 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6113 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6114 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6115 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6117 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6118 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6119 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6120 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6121 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6123 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6124 segments is non-zero. */
6126 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6129 /* Write out the program headers. */
6130 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
6132 /* Sort the program headers into the ordering required by the ELF standard. */
6136 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6137 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6138 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6139 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6140 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6141 catch all real world use cases.
6143 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6144 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6145 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6146 changed or the programs updated. */
6148 && tdata
->phdr
[0].p_type
== PT_PHDR
6149 && (bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
== NULL
6150 || !bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
,
6152 && tdata
->phdr
[1].p_type
== PT_LOAD
6153 && (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
> tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
6154 || (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[1].p_memsz
)
6155 < (tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[0].p_memsz
)))
6157 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6158 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6159 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6160 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6161 %pB: error: PHDR segment not covered by LOAD segment"),
6166 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6167 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6175 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
6177 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6178 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6179 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6181 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6183 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6184 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6187 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6189 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6190 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6191 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6192 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6194 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6195 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6196 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6197 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6199 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6200 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6201 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6202 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6203 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6204 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6206 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6208 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6210 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6211 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6214 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6215 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6216 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6217 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6218 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6219 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6220 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6221 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6223 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6226 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6227 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6229 /* No program header, for now. */
6230 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6231 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6232 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6234 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6235 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6236 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6238 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6239 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6240 /* It all happens later. */
6244 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6245 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6248 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6249 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6251 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6252 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6253 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6254 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6255 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6256 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6262 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6263 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6266 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6269 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6271 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6272 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6274 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6276 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6277 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6278 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6281 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6283 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6284 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6285 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6287 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6291 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6292 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6294 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6295 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6299 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6300 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6302 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6303 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6305 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6306 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6310 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6311 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6314 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6316 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6318 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6320 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6325 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6330 /* Update section size and contents. */
6331 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6332 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6333 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6335 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6342 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6344 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6345 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6346 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6347 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6349 /* Place the section headers. */
6350 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6351 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6352 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6353 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6354 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6355 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6361 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6363 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6366 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6367 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6369 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6370 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6373 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6376 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6380 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6383 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6384 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6385 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6387 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6388 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6389 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6390 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6391 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6393 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6395 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6397 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6398 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6403 /* Write out the section header names. */
6404 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6405 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6406 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6407 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6410 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6411 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6413 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6416 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6417 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6418 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6424 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6426 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6427 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6430 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6433 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6435 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6436 unsigned int sec_index
;
6438 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6439 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6440 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6442 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6443 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6444 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6445 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6446 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6447 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6449 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6451 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6452 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6454 int retval
= sec_index
;
6456 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6460 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6461 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6466 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6470 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6472 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6474 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6476 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6477 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6478 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6479 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6480 input sections rather than the output section. */
6481 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6482 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6483 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6488 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6489 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6490 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6491 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6492 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6493 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6494 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6497 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6501 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6502 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6504 /* xgettext:c-format */
6505 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6506 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6507 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6514 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6515 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6523 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6526 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6528 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6529 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6530 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6531 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6532 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6535 unsigned int num_segments
;
6536 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6537 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6538 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6539 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6540 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6541 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6543 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6544 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6547 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6549 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6550 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6552 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6553 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6554 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6555 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6557 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6558 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6559 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6560 ? section->size : 0)
6562 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6563 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6564 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6565 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6566 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6567 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6569 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6570 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6571 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6572 (section->lma >= base \
6573 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6574 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6576 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6577 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6578 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6579 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6580 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6581 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6582 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6584 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6586 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6588 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6592 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6593 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6594 p_memsz set to 0. */
6595 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6597 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6598 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6599 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6600 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6602 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6603 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6604 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6606 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6607 A section will be included if:
6608 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6609 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6610 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6612 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6613 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6614 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6615 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6616 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6617 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6618 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6619 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6620 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6621 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6622 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6623 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6624 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6625 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6626 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6627 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6628 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6629 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6630 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6631 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6632 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6633 || (segment->p_paddr \
6634 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6635 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6636 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6638 && !section->segment_mark)
6640 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6641 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6642 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6643 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6644 && section->output_section != NULL)
6646 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6647 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6648 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6650 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6651 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6652 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6653 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6654 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6656 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6657 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6658 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6659 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6660 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6662 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6663 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6664 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6666 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6667 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6668 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6669 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6670 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6671 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6674 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6676 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6680 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6681 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6682 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6683 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6684 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6689 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6691 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6692 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6693 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6695 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6696 assignment code will work. */
6697 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6701 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6703 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6704 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6705 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6709 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6710 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6712 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6714 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6715 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6718 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6719 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6721 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6723 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6724 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6726 if (extra_length
> 0)
6728 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6729 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6732 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6734 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6736 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6741 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6743 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6744 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6746 if (extra_length
> 0)
6748 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6749 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6752 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6757 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6758 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6762 unsigned int section_count
;
6763 asection
**sections
;
6764 asection
*output_section
;
6766 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6767 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6770 asection
*first_section
;
6771 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6772 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6774 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6777 first_section
= NULL
;
6778 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6779 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6781 section
= section
->next
)
6783 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6784 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6785 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6787 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6788 first_section
= section
;
6789 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6794 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6795 all of the sections we have selected. */
6796 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6797 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6798 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6802 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6803 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6805 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6806 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6807 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6809 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6810 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6812 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6814 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6815 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6818 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6819 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6820 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6821 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6822 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6824 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6826 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6827 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6828 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6829 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6830 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6832 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6833 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6836 if (section_count
== 0)
6838 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6839 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6840 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6841 a warning is produced.
6842 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6843 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6844 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6845 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6846 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
6847 /* xgettext:c-format */
6849 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
6850 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
6851 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
6854 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6855 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6860 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6861 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6862 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6863 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6865 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6866 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6869 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6870 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6871 of the first section.
6873 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6874 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6875 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6876 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6877 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6879 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6880 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6881 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6882 or segments to contain the other sections.
6884 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6885 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6886 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6888 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6889 if (sections
== NULL
)
6892 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6893 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6894 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6895 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6896 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6901 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6902 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6904 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6906 section
= section
->next
)
6908 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6910 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6912 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6914 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6915 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6916 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6917 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6919 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6920 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6922 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6923 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6924 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6927 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6929 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6931 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6933 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6934 LMA address of the output section. */
6935 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6936 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6937 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6938 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6940 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6942 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6943 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6946 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6947 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6949 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6951 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6953 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6954 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6957 if (j
== section_count
)
6962 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6964 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6966 if (isec
== section_count
)
6968 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6969 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6970 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6971 program header in the input BFD. */
6972 map
->count
= section_count
;
6973 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6974 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6977 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6978 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6979 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6980 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6981 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6982 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6984 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6991 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6993 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6994 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6995 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6996 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
7000 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
7001 Change the current segment's physical address to match
7002 the LMA of the first section. */
7003 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
7006 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7007 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7008 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7010 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
7011 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7014 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
7015 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
7019 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7021 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
7023 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7025 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7026 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7027 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7028 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7029 offset when we know the correct value. */
7030 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7031 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7034 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
7038 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7039 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7040 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7041 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7042 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7043 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7050 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
7052 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7053 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7055 section
= sections
[j
];
7057 if (section
== NULL
)
7060 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7062 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7064 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7065 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7067 if (map
->count
== 0)
7069 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7070 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7072 if (output_section
->lma
7074 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7075 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7076 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7084 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7086 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7087 and the start of this section is more than
7088 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7089 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7091 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7092 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7093 > output_section
->lma
))
7095 if (first_suggested_lma
)
7097 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
7098 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
7105 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7108 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7110 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
7112 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
7113 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
7117 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
7119 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7120 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7121 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7123 if (isec
< section_count
)
7125 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7126 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7127 and carry on looping. */
7128 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7129 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7130 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7137 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7138 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7139 not yet been assigned. */
7141 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7142 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7143 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7144 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
7145 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7146 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7147 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7150 while (isec
< section_count
);
7155 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7157 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7158 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7159 the offset if necessary. */
7160 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7164 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7167 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7168 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7169 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7174 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7175 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7177 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7178 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7179 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7180 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7181 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7182 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7186 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7189 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7191 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7192 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7193 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7194 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7195 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7197 unsigned int num_segments
;
7198 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7199 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7201 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7204 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7206 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7207 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7208 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7209 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7210 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7213 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7215 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7219 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7224 unsigned int section_count
;
7226 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7227 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7228 asection
*lowest_section
;
7230 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7231 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7233 section
= section
->next
)
7235 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7236 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7238 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7239 first_section
= section
;
7244 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7245 all of the sections we have selected. */
7246 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7247 if (section_count
!= 0)
7248 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7249 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7253 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7256 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7257 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7258 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7259 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7260 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7261 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7262 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7263 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7265 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7266 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7268 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7269 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7270 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7271 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7272 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7274 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7275 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7278 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7279 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7280 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7281 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7283 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7284 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7286 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7287 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7288 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7289 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7290 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7292 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7293 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7296 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7297 if (section_count
!= 0)
7299 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7301 for (section
= first_section
;
7303 section
= section
->next
)
7305 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7306 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7308 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7309 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7313 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7314 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7315 lowest_section
= section
;
7317 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7318 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7319 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7320 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7322 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7323 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7325 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7326 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7327 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7329 if (isec
== section_count
)
7335 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7336 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7337 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7339 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7340 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7341 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7342 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7343 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
7344 - segment
->p_paddr
);
7346 map
->count
= section_count
;
7347 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7348 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7351 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7355 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7359 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7361 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7362 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7365 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7368 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7370 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7371 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7372 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7373 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7374 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7376 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7378 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7380 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7381 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7384 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7385 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7386 section
= section
->next
)
7387 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7389 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7390 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7394 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7395 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7396 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7397 map in this case. */
7398 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7399 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7400 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7403 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7404 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7406 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7407 from the input BFD. */
7408 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7410 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7412 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7413 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7414 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7416 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7417 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7419 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7420 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7421 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7422 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7423 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7424 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7430 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7432 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7433 section
= section
->next
)
7435 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7438 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7441 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7445 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7447 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7448 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7449 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7451 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7452 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7454 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7457 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7458 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7460 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7461 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7462 /* xgettext:c-format */
7463 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7464 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7465 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7467 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7470 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7471 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7474 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7477 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7480 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7484 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7487 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7488 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7489 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7491 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7492 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7495 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7497 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7498 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7499 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7500 that the linker clears to differ. */
7501 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7502 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7504 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7505 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7506 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7508 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7509 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7510 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7512 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7513 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7514 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7515 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7517 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7518 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7519 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7520 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7521 if ((link_info
== NULL
7522 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7523 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7524 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7526 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7527 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7528 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7529 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7532 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7533 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7534 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7537 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7539 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7540 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7541 may be NULL at this point. */
7542 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7544 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7545 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7546 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7549 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7554 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7555 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7558 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7563 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7565 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7566 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7569 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7570 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7572 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7574 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7575 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7576 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7577 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7578 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7580 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7584 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7585 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7586 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7587 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7588 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7592 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7596 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7597 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7599 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7600 asection
*s
= first
;
7601 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7605 /* If this member section is being output but the
7606 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7607 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7608 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7609 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7611 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7612 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7614 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7615 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7616 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7617 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7619 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7621 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7622 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7624 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7625 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7628 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7634 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7636 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7637 adjust the input section size. */
7638 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7639 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7640 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7641 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7644 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7649 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7651 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7652 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7654 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7655 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7664 /* Copy private header information. */
7667 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7669 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7670 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7673 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7674 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7675 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7676 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7677 already been worked out. */
7678 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7680 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7684 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7687 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7688 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7689 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7690 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7691 swap_out_syms function. */
7693 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7694 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7695 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7696 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7697 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7700 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7705 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7707 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7708 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7711 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7712 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7715 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7717 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7721 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7722 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7723 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7724 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7725 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7726 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7728 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7729 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7730 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7731 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7732 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7738 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7741 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7742 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7745 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7748 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7749 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7750 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7751 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7752 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7753 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7754 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7755 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7756 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7758 unsigned int num_locals
;
7760 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7762 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7765 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7766 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7770 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7771 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7772 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7773 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7774 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7775 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7776 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7777 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7779 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7780 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7782 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7783 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7784 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7785 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7787 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7791 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7792 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7793 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7796 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7800 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7801 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7803 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7804 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7806 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7808 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7809 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7811 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7812 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7813 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7814 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7817 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7818 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7819 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7820 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7821 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7823 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7826 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7828 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7829 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7835 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7836 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7837 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7838 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7839 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7840 outbound_syms_index
++;
7841 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7842 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7846 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7847 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7849 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7850 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7852 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7853 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7854 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7855 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7858 if (!name_local_sections
7859 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7861 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7862 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7866 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7867 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7869 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7871 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7875 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7877 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7878 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7880 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7881 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7882 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7883 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7884 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7885 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7886 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7888 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7889 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7890 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7894 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7897 if (sec
->output_section
)
7899 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7900 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7903 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7904 if (! relocatable_p
)
7906 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7907 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7909 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7911 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7913 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7914 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7915 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7916 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7920 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7923 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7926 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7929 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7932 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7933 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7942 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7944 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7948 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7949 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7950 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7951 demand of applications. For example, it
7952 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7953 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7954 actually in the output file. */
7955 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7957 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7958 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7960 /* xgettext:c-format */
7962 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
7963 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7964 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7966 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7972 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7975 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7977 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7978 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7979 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7981 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7983 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7985 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7990 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7993 /* Processor-specific types. */
7994 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7995 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7996 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7997 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7999 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8001 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8002 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8004 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8006 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8008 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8010 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8011 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8012 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8014 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8015 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8017 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8019 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8020 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8024 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8025 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8028 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8030 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8032 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8033 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8034 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8036 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8039 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8042 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8044 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8045 sym
.st_target_internal
8046 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8051 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8055 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8056 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8057 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8059 outbound_syms_index
++;
8060 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8061 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8064 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8065 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8067 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8068 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8070 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8071 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8072 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8074 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8075 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8076 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8078 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8079 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8081 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8082 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8087 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8088 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8089 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8090 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8091 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8092 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8093 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8094 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8099 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8101 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8102 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8103 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8106 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8112 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8113 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8115 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8121 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8125 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8127 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8129 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8133 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8134 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8136 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8142 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8145 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8148 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8151 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8158 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8160 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8163 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8164 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8165 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8169 return section
->reloc_count
;
8173 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8175 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8176 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8179 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8184 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8185 asymbol
**allocation
)
8187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8188 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8191 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8195 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8196 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8197 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8198 dynamic reloc section. */
8201 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8206 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8208 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8212 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
8213 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8214 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8215 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8216 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8217 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
8218 * sizeof (arelent
*));
8223 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8224 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8225 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8226 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8227 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8228 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8229 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8232 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8236 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8240 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8242 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8246 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8248 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8250 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8251 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8252 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8257 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8259 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8261 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8272 /* Read in the version information. */
8275 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8277 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8278 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8280 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8282 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8283 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8284 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8286 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8288 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8290 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8291 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8293 error_return_bad_verref
:
8295 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8296 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8297 error_return_verref
:
8298 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8299 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8303 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8304 if (contents
== NULL
)
8305 goto error_return_verref
;
8307 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8308 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8309 goto error_return_verref
;
8311 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8312 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8314 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8315 goto error_return_verref
;
8317 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8318 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8319 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8320 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8321 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8322 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8324 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8325 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8328 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8330 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8332 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8333 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8335 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8336 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8338 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8339 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8342 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8343 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8344 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8345 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8346 goto error_return_verref
;
8349 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8350 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8351 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8353 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8354 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8355 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8356 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8358 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8360 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8361 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8362 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8363 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8364 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8366 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8367 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8369 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8370 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8372 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8375 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8376 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8378 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8379 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8380 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8382 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8383 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8386 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8387 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8389 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8390 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8392 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8393 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8394 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8396 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8397 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8399 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8405 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8407 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8408 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8409 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8410 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8411 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8413 unsigned int maxidx
;
8414 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8416 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8418 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8420 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8422 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8423 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8424 error_return_verdef
:
8425 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8426 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8430 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8431 if (contents
== NULL
)
8432 goto error_return_verdef
;
8433 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8434 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8435 goto error_return_verdef
;
8437 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8438 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8439 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8440 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8441 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8442 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8444 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8445 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8447 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8449 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8451 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8453 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8454 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8455 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8456 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8458 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8461 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8462 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8463 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8465 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8466 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8469 if (default_imported_symver
)
8471 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8477 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8478 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8479 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8480 goto error_return_verdef
;
8482 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8484 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8485 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8486 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8488 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8489 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8492 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8494 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8495 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8497 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8498 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8500 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8502 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8503 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8506 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8507 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8508 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8509 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8510 goto error_return_verdef
;
8514 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8515 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8517 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8518 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8519 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8520 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8522 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8524 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8525 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8526 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8527 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8528 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8530 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8531 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8533 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8536 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8537 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8539 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8540 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8541 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8543 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8544 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8547 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8548 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8549 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8551 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8552 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8554 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8555 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8557 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8558 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8564 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8571 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8572 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8573 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8576 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8579 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8580 if (default_imported_symver
)
8582 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8583 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8585 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8587 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8588 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8589 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8590 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8592 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8594 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8595 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8596 goto error_return_verdef
;
8597 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8598 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8599 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8600 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8601 goto error_return_verdef
;
8603 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8604 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8610 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8616 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8618 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8620 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8623 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8624 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8628 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8632 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8635 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8636 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8640 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8643 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8644 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8647 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8648 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8649 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8652 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8653 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8654 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8655 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8656 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8657 we treat such symbols as local. */
8658 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8661 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8662 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8663 These labels have the form:
8665 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8667 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8669 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8670 so we only need to match the rest. */
8671 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8673 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8677 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8679 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8681 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8682 /* A fake symbol. */
8685 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8686 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8687 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8688 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8689 other than some kind of local ? */
8706 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8707 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8714 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8715 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8716 unsigned long machine
)
8718 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8719 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8720 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8721 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8722 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8725 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8728 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8729 for error reporting. */
8732 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8736 const char **filename_ptr
,
8737 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8738 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8739 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8743 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8744 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8745 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8746 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8747 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8748 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8749 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8752 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8753 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8754 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8759 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8760 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8761 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8762 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8764 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8767 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8770 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8771 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8778 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8781 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8782 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8784 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8785 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8786 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8787 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8790 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8791 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8792 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8793 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8794 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8797 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8798 const char **filename_ptr
,
8799 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8800 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8803 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8804 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8805 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8810 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8812 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8813 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8815 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8817 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8819 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8821 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8824 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8825 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8828 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8831 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8839 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8841 const void *location
,
8843 bfd_size_type count
)
8845 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8848 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8849 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8855 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8856 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8858 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8859 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8860 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8861 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8862 || contents
== NULL
)
8864 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8867 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8868 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8869 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8876 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8877 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8878 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8883 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8886 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8888 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8890 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8892 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8893 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8895 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8896 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8898 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8900 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8903 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8906 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8909 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8912 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8915 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8918 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8924 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8926 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8928 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8929 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8931 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8936 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8942 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8945 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8948 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8951 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8954 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8960 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8964 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8972 /* xgettext:c-format */
8973 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8974 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8975 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8980 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8982 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8983 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8985 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8986 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8987 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8990 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8993 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8994 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8995 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8998 bfd_reloc_status_type
8999 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9000 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9001 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9002 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9003 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9005 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9008 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9009 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9010 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9011 out details about the corefile. */
9013 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9014 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9015 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9016 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9019 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9020 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9023 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9027 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9029 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9034 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9035 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9036 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9040 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9044 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9047 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9051 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9052 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9053 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9057 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9058 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9059 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9060 such a section already exists.
9061 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9062 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9063 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9065 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9071 char *threaded_name
;
9075 /* Build the section name. */
9077 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9078 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9079 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9080 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9082 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9084 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9089 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9090 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9092 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9095 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9097 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9101 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9104 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9109 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9113 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9114 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9115 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9117 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9118 has already been set by another thread. */
9119 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9120 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9121 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9122 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9124 /* pr_who exists on:
9127 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9130 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9131 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9133 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9136 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9137 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9139 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9140 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9142 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9143 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9144 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9146 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9147 has already been set by another thread. */
9148 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9149 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9150 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9151 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9153 /* pr_who exists on:
9156 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9159 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9160 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9162 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9165 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9168 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9169 note size (ie. data object type). */
9173 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9174 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9175 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9177 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9179 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9181 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9183 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9185 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9186 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9189 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9190 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9191 data structure apart. */
9194 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9196 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9199 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9200 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9204 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9206 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9209 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9210 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9211 contents literally. */
9214 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9216 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9220 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9222 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9226 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9228 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9232 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9234 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9238 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9240 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9244 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9246 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9250 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9252 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9256 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9258 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9262 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9264 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9268 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9270 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9274 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9276 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9280 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9282 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9286 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9288 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9292 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9294 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9298 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9300 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9304 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9306 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9310 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9312 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9316 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9318 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9322 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9324 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9328 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9330 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9333 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9334 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9335 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9336 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9340 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9341 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9342 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9343 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9347 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9348 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9349 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9352 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9355 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9363 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9367 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9373 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9375 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9377 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9379 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9381 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9383 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9384 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9386 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9387 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9388 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9390 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9391 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9392 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9394 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9395 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9397 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9398 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9400 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9402 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9403 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9405 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9406 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9407 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9409 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9410 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9411 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9417 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9418 note size (ie. data object type). */
9422 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9423 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9424 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9427 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9428 int n
= strlen (command
);
9430 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9431 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9436 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9438 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9440 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9442 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9443 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9444 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9450 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9452 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9454 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9455 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9457 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9460 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9462 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9465 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9466 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9467 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9471 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9473 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9475 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9477 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9483 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9484 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9485 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9490 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9492 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9493 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9495 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9496 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9498 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9500 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9501 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9502 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9505 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9507 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9511 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9512 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9513 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9514 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9517 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9518 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9519 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9522 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9524 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9527 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9529 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9530 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9531 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9534 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9536 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9540 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9541 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9542 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9543 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9546 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9547 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9548 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9551 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9553 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9555 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9558 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9565 int is_active_thread
;
9568 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9571 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9574 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9578 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9579 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9580 /* process_info.pid */
9581 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9582 /* process_info.signal */
9583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9586 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9587 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9588 /* thread_info.tid */
9589 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9591 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9592 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9596 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9598 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9602 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9604 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9605 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9606 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9608 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9609 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9611 if (is_active_thread
)
9612 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9616 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9617 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9618 /* module_info.base_address */
9619 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9620 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9622 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9623 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9627 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9629 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9634 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9635 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9636 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9647 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9649 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9657 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9658 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9660 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9661 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9666 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9668 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9671 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9673 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9676 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9677 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9679 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9680 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9682 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9683 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9684 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9685 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9689 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9690 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9691 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9692 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9697 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9698 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9699 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9704 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9705 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9706 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9710 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9711 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9712 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9713 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9718 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9719 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9720 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9724 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9725 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9726 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9727 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9731 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9732 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9733 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9734 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9739 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9740 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9741 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9745 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9746 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9747 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9748 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9752 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9753 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9754 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9755 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9759 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9760 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9761 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9762 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9767 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9768 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9769 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9773 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9774 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9775 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9776 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9780 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9781 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9782 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9783 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9788 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9789 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9790 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
9795 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9796 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9797 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
9802 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9803 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9804 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9809 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9810 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9811 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9815 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9816 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9817 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9818 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9822 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9823 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9824 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9825 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9831 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9832 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9834 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9835 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9842 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9847 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9848 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9849 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9855 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9859 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9866 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9868 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
9870 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9873 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9874 if (build_id
== NULL
)
9877 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9878 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9879 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
9885 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9892 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
9893 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
9895 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9896 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9901 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9903 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9904 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9907 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9908 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9909 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9911 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9917 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9922 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9930 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9934 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
9937 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
9942 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
9950 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9951 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9956 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9957 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
9961 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9965 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9966 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9967 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
9970 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9971 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9972 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
9975 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9978 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9979 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
9982 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9983 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9989 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9995 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
9996 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
9997 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10001 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10005 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10006 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10013 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10016 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10017 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10020 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10021 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10022 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10024 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10029 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10033 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10036 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10037 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10038 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10039 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10042 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10043 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10044 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10047 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10048 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10051 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10052 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10055 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10056 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10057 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10061 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10065 switch (note
->type
)
10068 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10069 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10071 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10074 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10077 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10079 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10080 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10081 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10085 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10086 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10089 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10090 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10093 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10094 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10097 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10099 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10104 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 4;
10105 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 4;
10106 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10111 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10112 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10113 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10117 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10118 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10122 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10130 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10134 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10137 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10144 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10146 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10149 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10150 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10151 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10153 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10154 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10155 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10157 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10158 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10159 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10161 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10166 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10170 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10171 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10173 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
10175 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10176 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10177 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10178 creates a core file. */
10180 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10183 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10184 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10185 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10188 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10192 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10194 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10195 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10197 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10198 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10199 switch (note
->type
)
10201 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10202 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10204 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10205 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10211 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10212 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10215 switch (note
->type
)
10217 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10218 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10220 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10221 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10231 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10233 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10236 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10237 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10238 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10240 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10241 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10242 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10244 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10245 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10246 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10252 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10254 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10255 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10257 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10258 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10260 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10261 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10263 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10264 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10266 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10268 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
10273 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10274 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10275 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10280 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10282 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10287 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10288 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10289 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10298 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10300 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10307 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10310 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10311 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10313 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10314 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10316 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10317 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10319 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10320 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10322 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10323 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10326 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10327 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10328 thread just in case. */
10329 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10330 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10332 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10333 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10335 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10338 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10340 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10344 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10345 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10346 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10348 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10352 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10353 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10361 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10362 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10364 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10367 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10369 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10373 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10374 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10375 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10377 /* This is the current thread. */
10378 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10379 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10384 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10385 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10386 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10387 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10390 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10392 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10393 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10395 static long tid
= 1;
10397 switch (note
->type
)
10399 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10400 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10401 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10402 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10403 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10404 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10405 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10406 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10413 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10419 /* Use note name as section name. */
10420 len
= note
->namesz
;
10421 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10424 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10425 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10427 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10431 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10432 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10433 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10438 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10441 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10445 size of data for note
10447 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10448 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10449 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10450 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10453 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10456 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10464 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10471 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10473 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10475 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10478 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10479 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10480 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10481 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10482 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10483 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10487 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
10495 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
10506 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
10510 const char *psargs
)
10512 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10514 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10517 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10518 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
10523 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10524 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10525 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10527 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10529 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10532 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10535 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10536 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10537 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10538 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10539 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10544 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10546 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10549 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10552 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10553 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10554 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10555 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10556 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10558 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10565 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10566 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10567 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10569 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
10571 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
10573 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10574 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10575 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10579 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
10581 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10582 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10583 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10588 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10589 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10590 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10592 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
10594 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
10596 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10597 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10598 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10602 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
10604 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10605 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10606 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10611 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10618 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10620 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10623 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10625 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10630 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10631 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10632 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10634 prstatus32_t prstat
;
10636 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10637 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10638 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10639 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10640 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10641 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10648 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10649 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10650 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10651 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10652 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10653 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10655 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10661 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10663 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10670 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10671 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10673 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10674 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10675 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10676 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10677 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10678 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10679 #if !defined(gregs)
10680 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10681 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10683 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10684 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10687 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10688 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10690 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10692 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10694 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10698 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10699 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10701 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10702 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10703 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10705 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10709 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10710 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10711 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10712 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10720 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10721 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10722 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10723 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10727 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10730 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10733 const void *fpregs
,
10736 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10737 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10738 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10742 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10745 const void *xfpregs
,
10748 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10749 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10750 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10754 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10755 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10758 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10759 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10761 note_name
= "LINUX";
10762 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10763 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
10767 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
10770 const void *ppc_vmx
,
10773 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10774 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10775 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
10779 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
10782 const void *ppc_vsx
,
10785 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10786 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10787 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
10791 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
10794 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
10797 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10798 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10799 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
10800 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
10804 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
10807 const void *s390_timer
,
10810 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10811 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10812 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
10816 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
10819 const void *s390_todcmp
,
10822 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10823 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10824 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
10828 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10831 const void *s390_todpreg
,
10834 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10835 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10836 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
10840 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
10843 const void *s390_ctrs
,
10846 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10847 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10848 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
10852 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
10855 const void *s390_prefix
,
10858 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10859 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10860 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
10864 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10867 const void *s390_last_break
,
10870 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10871 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10872 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
10873 s390_last_break
, size
);
10877 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
10880 const void *s390_system_call
,
10883 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10884 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10885 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
10886 s390_system_call
, size
);
10890 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
10893 const void *s390_tdb
,
10896 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10897 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10898 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
10902 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
10905 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
10908 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10909 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10910 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
10914 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
10917 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
10920 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10921 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10922 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
10923 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
10927 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
10930 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
10933 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10934 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10935 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
10940 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
10943 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
10946 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10947 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10948 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
10953 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
10956 const void *arm_vfp
,
10959 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10960 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10961 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
10965 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
10968 const void *aarch_tls
,
10971 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10972 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10973 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
10977 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10980 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
10983 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10984 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10985 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
10989 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
10992 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
10995 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10996 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10997 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11001 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11004 const char *section
,
11008 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11009 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11010 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11011 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11012 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11013 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11014 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11015 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11016 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11017 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11018 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11019 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11020 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11021 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11022 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11023 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11024 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11025 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11026 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11027 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11028 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11029 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11030 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11031 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11032 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11033 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11034 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11035 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11036 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11037 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11038 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11039 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11040 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11041 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11042 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11043 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11044 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11045 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11046 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11047 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11048 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11049 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11050 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11051 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11056 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11061 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11062 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11063 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11064 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11067 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11071 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11073 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11074 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11076 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11079 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11081 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11082 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11083 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11086 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11087 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11088 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11090 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11091 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11094 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11101 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11104 const char * string
;
11106 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11110 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11111 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11112 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11113 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11114 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11115 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
11117 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11120 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11122 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11123 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11124 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11126 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11135 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11137 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11140 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11141 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11143 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11149 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11156 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11161 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11164 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11167 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
11171 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11172 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11175 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
11176 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11186 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11188 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11189 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11190 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11193 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11195 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11201 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11204 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11205 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11206 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11207 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11209 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11210 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11213 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
11217 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11219 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11223 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
11224 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
11225 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
11230 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11231 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11232 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11233 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11235 return reloc_class_normal
;
11238 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11239 relocation against a local symbol. */
11242 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11243 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11245 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11247 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11248 bfd_vma relocation
;
11250 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
11251 + sec
->output_offset
11253 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11254 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
11255 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11258 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11259 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11260 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
11263 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11264 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11265 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11266 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11267 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11268 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
11269 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
11272 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
11273 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
11279 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11280 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11284 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11286 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11287 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
11289 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11290 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11291 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
11294 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11295 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11296 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11297 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11301 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
11302 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11306 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
11308 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11309 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11311 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11312 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
11315 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
11317 /* Reverse the offset. */
11318 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11319 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
11321 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11322 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11323 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
11329 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11330 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11331 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11332 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11333 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11334 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11336 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11337 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11338 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11339 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11340 the remote memory. */
11343 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11346 bfd_size_type size
,
11347 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
11348 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
11350 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
11351 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
11355 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
11356 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11357 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11362 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11365 const char *relplt_name
;
11366 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
11370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11376 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
11379 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
11382 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
11385 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
11386 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
11387 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11388 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
11389 if (relplt
== NULL
)
11392 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
11393 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
11394 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
11397 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
11401 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
11402 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
11405 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
11406 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
11407 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11408 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11410 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
11411 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11414 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
11416 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11421 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
11425 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
11426 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11428 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11433 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
11434 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11437 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11438 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11439 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11440 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
11441 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
11442 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
11444 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
11447 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
11448 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
11450 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11454 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11455 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11456 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
11457 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
11460 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
11463 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11464 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
11471 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11472 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11473 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
11474 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
11475 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
11476 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11477 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
11478 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
11481 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
11482 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11484 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11486 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
11488 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
11490 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11491 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11492 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11493 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11494 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
11495 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
11499 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11500 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11501 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11504 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
11506 return (type
== STT_FUNC
11507 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
11510 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11511 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11512 otherwise return zero. */
11515 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
11518 bfd_size_type size
;
11520 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
11521 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
11522 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
11525 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
11527 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
11528 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;